blob: 12b1092b1a230655b2e06db8df8233ccc4e9e864 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000015#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000018#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000019#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000021#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000022#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000023#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000024#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000025#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000027#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000028#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000029#include "RecordLayoutBuilder.h"
30
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000031using namespace clang;
32
33enum FloatingRank {
34 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
35};
36
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +000037ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +000038 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000039 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000040 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000041 bool FreeMem, unsigned size_reserve) :
42 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +000043 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +000044 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
45 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000046 LoadedExternalComments(false), FreeMemory(FreeMem), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +000047 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000048 BuiltinInfo(builtins), ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000049 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
50 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +000051 ObjCSELRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000052 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000053 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +000054 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000055}
56
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000057ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
58 // Deallocate all the types.
59 while (!Types.empty()) {
Ted Kremenek4b05b1d2008-05-21 16:38:54 +000060 Types.back()->Destroy(*this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000061 Types.pop_back();
62 }
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +000063
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000064 {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +000065 llvm::FoldingSet<ExtQuals>::iterator
66 I = ExtQualNodes.begin(), E = ExtQualNodes.end();
67 while (I != E)
68 Deallocate(&*I++);
69 }
70
71 {
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000072 llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
73 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end();
74 while (I != E) {
75 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
76 delete R;
77 }
78 }
79
80 {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +000081 llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
82 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end();
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000083 while (I != E) {
84 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
85 delete R;
86 }
87 }
88
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000089 // Destroy nested-name-specifiers.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000090 for (llvm::FoldingSet<NestedNameSpecifier>::iterator
91 NNS = NestedNameSpecifiers.begin(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000092 NNSEnd = NestedNameSpecifiers.end();
93 NNS != NNSEnd;
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000094 /* Increment in loop */)
95 (*NNS++).Destroy(*this);
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000096
97 if (GlobalNestedNameSpecifier)
98 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier->Destroy(*this);
99
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +0000100 TUDecl->Destroy(*this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000101}
102
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000104ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
105 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
106}
107
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000108void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
109 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
110 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000111
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000112 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000113#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000114#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
115#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
116 0 // Extra
117 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000118
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000119 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
120 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000121 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000122 }
123
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000124 unsigned Idx = 0;
125 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
126#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
127 if (counts[Idx]) \
128 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
129 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
130 ++Idx;
131#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
132#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000133
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000134 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000135
136 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
137 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
138 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
139 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000140}
141
142
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000143void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000144 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000145 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000146 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000147}
148
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000149void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
150 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000151
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000152 // C99 6.2.5p19.
153 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000154
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000155 // C99 6.2.5p2.
156 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
157 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000158 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000159 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
160 else
161 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
162 // C99 6.2.5p4.
163 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
164 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
165 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
166 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
167 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000168
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000169 // C99 6.2.5p6.
170 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
171 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
172 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
173 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
174 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000175
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000176 // C99 6.2.5p10.
177 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
178 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
179 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000180
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000181 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
182 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
183 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
184
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000185 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
186 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
187 else // C99
188 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000189
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000190 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
191 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
192 else // C99
193 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
194
195 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
196 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
197 else // C99
198 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
199
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000200 // Placeholder type for functions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000201 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
202
203 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
204 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
205 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
206 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
207 // expressions.
208 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000209
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000210 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlssone89d1592009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000211 // not yet been deduced.
212 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000213
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000214 // C99 6.2.5p11.
215 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
216 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
217 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000218
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000219 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000220
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000221 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
222 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
223 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000224 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000225
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000226 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000227 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
228 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000229 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000230
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000231 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000232
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000233 // void * type
234 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000235
236 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
237 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000238}
239
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000240MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000241ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000242 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000243 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000244 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
245 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
246 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000247
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000248 return Pos->second;
249}
250
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000252ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
253 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000254 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
255 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
256 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
257 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000258 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
259 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000260}
261
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000262NamedDecl *
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000263ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000264 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000265 = InstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl.find(UUD);
266 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl.end())
267 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000269 return Pos->second;
270}
271
272void
273ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD,
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000274 NamedDecl *UUD) {
275 assert((isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(UUD) ||
276 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(UUD)) &&
277 "original declaration is not an unresolved using decl");
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000278 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl[UD] &&
279 "Already noted what using decl what instantiated from");
280 InstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl[UD] = UUD;
281}
282
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000283FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
284 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
285 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
286 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
287 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000288
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000289 return Pos->second;
290}
291
292void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
293 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
294 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
295 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
296 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
297 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000298
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000299 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
300}
301
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000302namespace {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000303 class BeforeInTranslationUnit
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000304 : std::binary_function<SourceRange, SourceRange, bool> {
305 SourceManager *SourceMgr;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000306
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000307 public:
308 explicit BeforeInTranslationUnit(SourceManager *SM) : SourceMgr(SM) { }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000309
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000310 bool operator()(SourceRange X, SourceRange Y) {
311 return SourceMgr->isBeforeInTranslationUnit(X.getBegin(), Y.getBegin());
312 }
313 };
314}
315
316/// \brief Determine whether the given comment is a Doxygen-style comment.
317///
318/// \param Start the start of the comment text.
319///
320/// \param End the end of the comment text.
321///
322/// \param Member whether we want to check whether this is a member comment
323/// (which requires a < after the Doxygen-comment delimiter). Otherwise,
324/// we only return true when we find a non-member comment.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000325static bool
326isDoxygenComment(SourceManager &SourceMgr, SourceRange Comment,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000327 bool Member = false) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000328 const char *BufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000329 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(SourceMgr.getFileID(Comment.getBegin())).first;
330 const char *Start = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getBegin());
331 const char* End = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000332
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000333 if (End - Start < 4)
334 return false;
335
336 assert(Start[0] == '/' && "Not a comment?");
337 if (Start[1] == '*' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '*'))
338 return false;
339 if (Start[1] == '/' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '/'))
340 return false;
341
342 return (Start[3] == '<') == Member;
343}
344
345/// \brief Retrieve the comment associated with the given declaration, if
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000346/// it has one.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000347const char *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(const Decl *D) {
348 if (!D)
349 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000350
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000351 // Check whether we have cached a comment string for this declaration
352 // already.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000353 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, std::string>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000354 = DeclComments.find(D);
355 if (Pos != DeclComments.end())
356 return Pos->second.c_str();
357
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000358 // If we have an external AST source and have not yet loaded comments from
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000359 // that source, do so now.
360 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalComments) {
361 std::vector<SourceRange> LoadedComments;
362 ExternalSource->ReadComments(LoadedComments);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000363
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000364 if (!LoadedComments.empty())
365 Comments.insert(Comments.begin(), LoadedComments.begin(),
366 LoadedComments.end());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000367
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000368 LoadedExternalComments = true;
369 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000370
371 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000372 if (Comments.empty())
373 return 0;
374
375 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
376 // can't find the comment.
377 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc = D->getLocStart();
378 if (DeclStartLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclStartLoc.isFileID())
379 return 0;
380
381 // Find the comment that occurs just before this declaration.
382 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator LastComment
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000383 = std::lower_bound(Comments.begin(), Comments.end(),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000384 SourceRange(DeclStartLoc),
385 BeforeInTranslationUnit(&SourceMgr));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000386
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000387 // Decompose the location for the start of the declaration and find the
388 // beginning of the file buffer.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000389 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclStartDecomp
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000390 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclStartLoc);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000391 const char *FileBufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000392 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclStartDecomp.first).first;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000393
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000394 // First check whether we have a comment for a member.
395 if (LastComment != Comments.end() &&
396 !isa<TagDecl>(D) && !isa<NamespaceDecl>(D) &&
397 isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment, true)) {
398 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
399 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
400 if (DeclStartDecomp.first == LastCommentEndDecomp.first &&
401 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000402 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000403 LastCommentEndDecomp.second)) {
404 // The Doxygen member comment comes after the declaration starts and
405 // is on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. This
406 // is the comment we want.
407 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000408 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
409 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000410 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
411 return Result.c_str();
412 }
413 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000414
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000415 if (LastComment == Comments.begin())
416 return 0;
417 --LastComment;
418
419 // Decompose the end of the comment.
420 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
421 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000422
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000423 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
424 // aren't related.
425 if (DeclStartDecomp.first != LastCommentEndDecomp.first)
426 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000427
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000428 // Check that we actually have a Doxygen comment.
429 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment))
430 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000431
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000432 // Compute the starting line for the declaration and for the end of the
433 // comment (this is expensive).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434 unsigned DeclStartLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000435 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second);
436 unsigned CommentEndLine
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000437 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000438 LastCommentEndDecomp.second);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000440 // If the comment does not end on the line prior to the declaration, then
441 // the comment is not associated with the declaration at all.
442 if (CommentEndLine + 1 != DeclStartLine)
443 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000445 // We have a comment, but there may be more comments on the previous lines.
446 // Keep looking so long as the comments are still Doxygen comments and are
447 // still adjacent.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000448 unsigned ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000449 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(LastComment->getBegin()) - 1;
450 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator FirstComment = LastComment;
451 while (FirstComment != Comments.begin()) {
452 // Look at the previous comment
453 --FirstComment;
454 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> Decomp
455 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000457 // If this previous comment is in a different file, we're done.
458 if (Decomp.first != DeclStartDecomp.first) {
459 ++FirstComment;
460 break;
461 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000463 // If this comment is not a Doxygen comment, we're done.
464 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *FirstComment)) {
465 ++FirstComment;
466 break;
467 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000468
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000469 // If the line number is not what we expected, we're done.
470 unsigned Line = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(Decomp.first, Decomp.second);
471 if (Line != ExpectedLine) {
472 ++FirstComment;
473 break;
474 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000475
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000476 // Set the next expected line number.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000477 ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000478 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(FirstComment->getBegin()) - 1;
479 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000480
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000481 // The iterator range [FirstComment, LastComment] contains all of the
482 // BCPL comments that, together, are associated with this declaration.
483 // Form a single comment block string for this declaration that concatenates
484 // all of these comments.
485 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
486 while (FirstComment != LastComment) {
487 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompStart
488 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getBegin());
489 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompEnd
490 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
491 Result.append(FileBufferStart + DecompStart.second,
492 FileBufferStart + DecompEnd.second + 1);
493 ++FirstComment;
494 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000495
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000496 // Append the last comment line.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000497 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
498 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000499 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
500 return Result.c_str();
501}
502
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000503//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
504// Type Sizing and Analysis
505//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000506
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000507/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
508/// scalar floating point type.
509const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000510 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000511 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
512 switch (BT->getKind()) {
513 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
514 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
515 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
516 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
517 }
518}
519
Mike Stump196efbf2009-09-22 02:43:44 +0000520/// getDeclAlignInBytes - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000521/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
522/// this method will assert on them.
Daniel Dunbarb7d08442009-02-17 22:16:19 +0000523unsigned ASTContext::getDeclAlignInBytes(const Decl *D) {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000524 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
525
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000526 if (const AlignedAttr* AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>())
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000527 Align = std::max(Align, AA->getMaxAlignment());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000528
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000529 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
530 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000531 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000532 unsigned AS = RT->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Anders Carlssonf0930232009-04-10 04:52:36 +0000533 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000534 } else if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
535 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000536 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
537 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
538
539 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
540 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000541 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000542
543 return Align / Target.getCharWidth();
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000544}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000545
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000546/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
547/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000548///
549/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
550/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
551/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000552std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000553ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000554 uint64_t Width=0;
555 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000556 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000557#define TYPE(Class, Base)
558#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000559#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000560#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
561#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000562 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000563 break;
564
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000565 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
566 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000567 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
568 Width = 0;
569 Align = 32;
570 break;
571
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000572 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000573 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000574 Width = 0;
575 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
576 break;
577
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000578 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000579 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000580
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000581 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000582 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000583 Align = EltInfo.second;
584 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000585 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000586 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000587 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000588 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
589 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
590 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000591 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000592 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
593 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000594 if (VT->getNumElements() & (VT->getNumElements()-1)) {
595 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
596 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
597 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000598 break;
599 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000600
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000601 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000602 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000603 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000604 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000605 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
606 Width = 0;
607 Align = 8;
608 break;
609
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000610 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000611 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
612 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000613 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000614 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
615 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
616 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000617 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000618 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
619 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000620 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000621 case BuiltinType::WChar:
622 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
623 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
624 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000625 case BuiltinType::Char16:
626 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
627 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
628 break;
629 case BuiltinType::Char32:
630 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
631 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
632 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000633 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000634 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000635 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
636 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000637 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000638 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000639 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000640 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
641 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000642 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000643 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000644 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000645 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
646 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000647 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000648 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000649 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000650 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
651 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000652 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000653 case BuiltinType::Int128:
654 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
655 Width = 128;
656 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
657 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000658 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000659 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
660 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000661 break;
662 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000663 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
664 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000665 break;
666 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000667 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
668 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000669 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000670 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
671 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
672 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000673 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000674 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000675 break;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000676 case Type::FixedWidthInt:
677 // FIXME: This isn't precisely correct; the width/alignment should depend
678 // on the available types for the target
679 Width = cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T)->getWidth();
Chris Lattner736166b2009-02-15 21:20:13 +0000680 Width = std::max(llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width - 1), (uint64_t)8);
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000681 Align = Width;
682 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000683 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000684 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000685 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000686 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000687 case Type::BlockPointer: {
688 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
689 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
690 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
691 break;
692 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000693 case Type::Pointer: {
694 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000695 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000696 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
697 break;
698 }
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000699 case Type::LValueReference:
700 case Type::RValueReference:
Chris Lattner7ab2ed82007-07-13 22:16:13 +0000701 // "When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result is the size
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000702 // of the referenced type." C++98 5.3.3p2: expr.sizeof.
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000703 // FIXME: This is wrong for struct layout: a reference in a struct has
704 // pointer size.
Chris Lattnerbdcd6372008-04-02 17:35:06 +0000705 return getTypeInfo(cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000706 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000707 // FIXME: This is ABI dependent. We use the Itanium C++ ABI.
708 // http://www.codesourcery.com/public/cxx-abi/abi.html#member-pointers
709 // If we ever want to support other ABIs this needs to be abstracted.
710
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000711 QualType Pointee = cast<MemberPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000712 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000713 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
714 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000715 if (Pointee->isFunctionType())
716 Width *= 2;
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000717 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
718 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000719 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000720 case Type::Complex: {
721 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
722 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000723 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000724 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000725 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000726 Align = EltInfo.second;
727 break;
728 }
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000729 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000730 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000731 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
732 Width = Layout.getSize();
733 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
734 break;
735 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000736 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000737 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000738 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
739
740 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000741 Width = 1;
742 Align = 1;
743 break;
744 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000745
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000746 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000747 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
748
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000749 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000750 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
751 Width = Layout.getSize();
752 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000753 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000754 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000755
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000756 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000757 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
758 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000759
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000760 case Type::Elaborated:
761 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()
762 .getTypePtr());
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +0000763
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000764 case Type::Typedef: {
765 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000766 if (const AlignedAttr *Aligned = Typedef->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) {
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000767 Align = std::max(Aligned->getMaxAlignment(),
768 getTypeAlign(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000769 Width = getTypeSize(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
770 } else
771 return getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000772 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000773 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000774
775 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
776 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
777 .getTypePtr());
778
779 case Type::TypeOf:
780 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
781
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000782 case Type::Decltype:
783 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
784 .getTypePtr());
785
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000786 case Type::QualifiedName:
787 return getTypeInfo(cast<QualifiedNameType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000788
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000789 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000790 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000791 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
792 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
793 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
794 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
795 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
796 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000797
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000798 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000799 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000800}
801
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000802/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
803/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
804/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
805/// a data type.
806unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
807 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000808
809 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000810 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000811 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
812 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
813 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
814 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
815
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000816 return ABIAlign;
817}
818
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000819static void CollectLocalObjCIvars(ASTContext *Ctx,
820 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
821 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000822 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
823 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +0000824 ObjCIvarDecl *IVDecl = *I;
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000825 if (!IVDecl->isInvalidDecl())
826 Fields.push_back(cast<FieldDecl>(IVDecl));
827 }
828}
829
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000830void ASTContext::CollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
831 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
832 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
833 CollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, Fields);
834 CollectLocalObjCIvars(this, OI, Fields);
835}
836
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000837/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
838/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
839///
840void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
841 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars,
842 bool CollectSynthesized) {
843 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
844 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
845 Ivars.push_back(*I);
846 }
847 if (CollectSynthesized)
848 CollectSynthesizedIvars(OI, Ivars);
849}
850
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000851void ASTContext::CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD,
852 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000853 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
854 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000855 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
856 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000857
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000858 // Also look into nested protocols.
859 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
860 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
861 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P, Ivars);
862}
863
864/// CollectSynthesizedIvars -
865/// This routine collect synthesized ivars for the designated class.
866///
867void ASTContext::CollectSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
868 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000869 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
870 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000871 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
872 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
873 }
874 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
875 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
876 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
877 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
878 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
879 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD, Ivars);
880 }
881}
882
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000883/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
884/// those inherited by it.
885void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
886 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl*> &Protocols) {
887 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
888 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
889 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
890 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
891 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
892 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
893 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
894 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
895 }
896
897 // Categories of this Interface.
898 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
899 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
900 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
901 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
902 while (SD) {
903 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
904 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
905 }
906 return;
907 }
908 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
909 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
910 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
911 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
912 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
913 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
914 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
915 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
916 }
917 return;
918 }
919 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
920 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
921 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
922 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
923 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
924 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
925 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
926 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
927 }
928 return;
929 }
930}
931
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000932unsigned ASTContext::CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) {
933 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000934 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
935 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000936 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
937 ++count;
938
939 // Also look into nested protocols.
940 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
941 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
942 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P);
943 return count;
944}
945
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000946unsigned ASTContext::CountSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000947 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000948 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
949 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000950 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
951 ++count;
952 }
953 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
954 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
955 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
956 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
957 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
958 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD);
959 }
960 return count;
961}
962
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000963/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
964ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
965 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
966 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
967 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
968 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
969 return 0;
970}
971/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
972ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
973 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
974 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
975 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
976 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
977 return 0;
978}
979
980/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
981void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
982 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
983 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
984 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
985}
986/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
987void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
988 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
989 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
990 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
991}
992
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000993/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized DeclaratorInfo.
994///
995/// The caller should initialize the memory held by DeclaratorInfo using
996/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
997///
998/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
999/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1000/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001001DeclaratorInfo *ASTContext::CreateDeclaratorInfo(QualType T,
1002 unsigned DataSize) {
1003 if (!DataSize)
1004 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1005 else
1006 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
1007 "incorrect data size provided to CreateDeclaratorInfo!");
1008
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001009 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo =
1010 (DeclaratorInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(DeclaratorInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1011 new (DInfo) DeclaratorInfo(T);
1012 return DInfo;
1013}
1014
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001015DeclaratorInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialDeclaratorInfo(QualType T,
1016 SourceLocation L) {
1017 DeclaratorInfo *DI = CreateDeclaratorInfo(T);
1018 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1019 return DI;
1020}
1021
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001022/// getInterfaceLayoutImpl - Get or compute information about the
1023/// layout of the given interface.
1024///
1025/// \param Impl - If given, also include the layout of the interface's
1026/// implementation. This may differ by including synthesized ivars.
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001027const ASTRecordLayout &
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001028ASTContext::getObjCLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D,
1029 const ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl) {
Daniel Dunbar532d4da2009-05-03 13:15:50 +00001030 assert(!D->isForwardDecl() && "Invalid interface decl!");
1031
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001032 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001033 ObjCContainerDecl *Key =
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +00001034 Impl ? (ObjCContainerDecl*) Impl : (ObjCContainerDecl*) D;
1035 if (const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ObjCLayouts[Key])
1036 return *Entry;
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001037
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001038 // Add in synthesized ivar count if laying out an implementation.
1039 if (Impl) {
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001040 unsigned FieldCount = D->ivar_size();
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001041 unsigned SynthCount = CountSynthesizedIvars(D);
1042 FieldCount += SynthCount;
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +00001043 // If there aren't any sythesized ivars then reuse the interface
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001044 // entry. Note we can't cache this because we simply free all
1045 // entries later; however we shouldn't look up implementations
1046 // frequently.
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001047 if (SynthCount == 0)
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001048 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1049 }
1050
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001051 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001052 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D, Impl);
1053 ObjCLayouts[Key] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001054
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001055 return *NewEntry;
1056}
1057
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001058const ASTRecordLayout &
1059ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1060 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1061}
1062
1063const ASTRecordLayout &
1064ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1065 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1066}
1067
Devang Patel88a981b2007-11-01 19:11:01 +00001068/// getASTRecordLayout - Get or compute information about the layout of the
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001069/// specified record (struct/union/class), which indicates its size and field
1070/// position information.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001071const ASTRecordLayout &ASTContext::getASTRecordLayout(const RecordDecl *D) {
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001072 D = D->getDefinition(*this);
1073 assert(D && "Cannot get layout of forward declarations!");
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001074
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001075 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001076 // Note that we can't save a reference to the entry because this function
1077 // is recursive.
1078 const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ASTRecordLayouts[D];
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001079 if (Entry) return *Entry;
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001080
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001081 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001082 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D);
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001083 ASTRecordLayouts[D] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001084
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001085 return *NewEntry;
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001086}
1087
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001088//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1089// Type creation/memoization methods
1090//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1091
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001092QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1093 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1094 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1095
1096 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1097 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1098 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1099 void *InsertPos = 0;
1100 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1101 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1102 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1103 return T;
1104 }
1105
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001106 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001107 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1108 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1109 return T;
1110}
1111
1112QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1113 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1114 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1115
1116 QualifierCollector Quals;
1117 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1118 Quals.addVolatile();
1119
1120 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1121}
1122
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001123QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001124 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1125 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001126 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001127
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001128 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1129 // into one ExtQuals node.
1130 QualifierCollector Quals;
1131 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001132
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001133 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1134 // another one.
1135 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1136 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1137 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001138
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001139 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001140}
1141
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001142QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001143 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001144 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001145 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001146 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001147
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001148 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001149 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001150 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001151 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1152 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1153 }
1154 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001155
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001156 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1157 // into one ExtQuals node.
1158 QualifierCollector Quals;
1159 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001160
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001161 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1162 // another one.
1163 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1164 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1165 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001166
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001167 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001168}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001169
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001170QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001171 QualType ResultType;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001172 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001173 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001174 ResultType = getNoReturnType(Pointee);
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00001175 ResultType = getPointerType(ResultType);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001176 } else if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001177 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001178 ResultType = getNoReturnType(Pointee);
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00001179 ResultType = getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001180 } else {
1181 assert (T->isFunctionType()
1182 && "can't noreturn qualify non-pointer to function or block type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001183
Benjamin Kramerbdbeeb52009-09-25 11:47:22 +00001184 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = T->getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>()) {
1185 ResultType = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), true);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001186 } else {
1187 const FunctionProtoType *F = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1188 ResultType
1189 = getFunctionType(F->getResultType(), F->arg_type_begin(),
1190 F->getNumArgs(), F->isVariadic(), F->getTypeQuals(),
1191 F->hasExceptionSpec(), F->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1192 F->getNumExceptions(), F->exception_begin(), true);
1193 }
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001194 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001195
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001196 return getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001197}
1198
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001199/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1200/// number with the specified element type.
1201QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1202 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1203 // structure.
1204 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1205 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001206
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001207 void *InsertPos = 0;
1208 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1209 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001210
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001211 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1212 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1213 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001214 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001215 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001216
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001217 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1218 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001219 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001220 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001221 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001222 Types.push_back(New);
1223 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1224 return QualType(New, 0);
1225}
1226
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00001227QualType ASTContext::getFixedWidthIntType(unsigned Width, bool Signed) {
1228 llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, FixedWidthIntType*> &Map = Signed ?
1229 SignedFixedWidthIntTypes : UnsignedFixedWidthIntTypes;
1230 FixedWidthIntType *&Entry = Map[Width];
1231 if (!Entry)
1232 Entry = new FixedWidthIntType(Width, Signed);
1233 return QualType(Entry, 0);
1234}
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001235
1236/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1237/// the specified type.
1238QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
1239 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1240 // structure.
1241 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1242 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001243
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001244 void *InsertPos = 0;
1245 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1246 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001247
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001248 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1249 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1250 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001251 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001252 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001253
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001254 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1255 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001256 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001257 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001258 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001259 Types.push_back(New);
1260 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1261 return QualType(New, 0);
1262}
1263
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001264/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001265/// a pointer to the specified block.
1266QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001267 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1268 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001269 // structure.
1270 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1271 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001272
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001273 void *InsertPos = 0;
1274 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1275 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1276 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001277
1278 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001279 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1280 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001281 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001282 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001283
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001284 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1285 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1286 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001287 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001288 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001289 BlockPointerType *New
1290 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001291 Types.push_back(New);
1292 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1293 return QualType(New, 0);
1294}
1295
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001296/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1297/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001298QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001299 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1300 // structure.
1301 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001302 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001303
1304 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001305 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1306 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001307 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001308
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001309 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1310
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001311 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1312 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1313 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001314 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1315 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1316 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001317
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001318 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001319 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1320 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001321 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001322 }
1323
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001324 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001325 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1326 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001327 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001328 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001329
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001330 return QualType(New, 0);
1331}
1332
1333/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1334/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1335QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1336 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1337 // structure.
1338 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001339 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001340
1341 void *InsertPos = 0;
1342 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1343 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1344 return QualType(RT, 0);
1345
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001346 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1347
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001348 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1349 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1350 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001351 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1352 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1353 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001354
1355 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1356 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1357 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1358 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1359 }
1360
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001361 RValueReferenceType *New
1362 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001363 Types.push_back(New);
1364 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001365 return QualType(New, 0);
1366}
1367
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001368/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1369/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001370QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001371 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1372 // structure.
1373 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1374 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1375
1376 void *InsertPos = 0;
1377 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1378 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1379 return QualType(PT, 0);
1380
1381 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1382 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1383 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001384 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001385 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1386
1387 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1388 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1389 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1390 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1391 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001392 MemberPointerType *New
1393 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001394 Types.push_back(New);
1395 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1396 return QualType(New, 0);
1397}
1398
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001399/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001400/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001401QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001402 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001403 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1404 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001405 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1406 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001407 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1408
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001409 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1410 // the target.
1411 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1412 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001413
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001414 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001415 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001416
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001417 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001418 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001419 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001420 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001421
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001422 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1423 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1424 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001425 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001426 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001427 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001428 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001429 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001430 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001431 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001432 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001433
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001434 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1435 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001436 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001437 Types.push_back(New);
1438 return QualType(New, 0);
1439}
1440
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001441/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1442/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001443QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1444 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001445 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001446 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1447 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001448 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1449 // that have an expression provided for their size.
1450
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001451 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1452 VariableArrayType(EltTy, QualType(), NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001453
1454 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1455 Types.push_back(New);
1456 return QualType(New, 0);
1457}
1458
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001459/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1460/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001461/// type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001462QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1463 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001464 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001465 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1466 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001467 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1468 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001469 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1470
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001471 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001472 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
1473
1474 if (NumElts) {
1475 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1476 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1477 // initializer.
1478 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1479 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(EltTy), ASM,
1480 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1481
1482 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1483 }
1484
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001485 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1486 if (Canon) {
1487 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1488 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001489 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1490 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1491 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001492 } else {
1493 QualType CanonEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
1494 if (CanonEltTy == EltTy) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001495 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1496 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1497 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001498
1499 if (NumElts)
1500 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001501 } else {
1502 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonEltTy, NumElts,
1503 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1504 SourceRange());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001505 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1506 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1507 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001508 }
1509 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001510
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001511 Types.push_back(New);
1512 return QualType(New, 0);
1513}
1514
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001515QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1516 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1517 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1518 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001519 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001520
1521 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001522 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001523 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1524 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1525
1526 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1527 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1528 QualType Canonical;
1529
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001530 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001531 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001532 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001533
1534 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1535 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1536 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001537 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001538 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001539
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001540 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1541 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001542
1543 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1544 Types.push_back(New);
1545 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001546}
1547
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001548/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1549/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
1550QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001551 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001552
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001553 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001554 assert(baseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001555
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001556 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1557 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001558 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001559 void *InsertPos = 0;
1560 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1561 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1562
1563 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1564 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1565 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001566 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001567 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001568
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001569 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1570 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001571 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001572 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001573 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1574 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001575 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1576 Types.push_back(New);
1577 return QualType(New, 0);
1578}
1579
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001580/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001581/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001582QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001583 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001584
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001585 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001586 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001587
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001588 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1589 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001590 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001591 void *InsertPos = 0;
1592 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1593 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1594
1595 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1596 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1597 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001598 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001599 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001600
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001601 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1602 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001603 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001604 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001605 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1606 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001607 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1608 Types.push_back(New);
1609 return QualType(New, 0);
1610}
1611
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001612QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001613 Expr *SizeExpr,
1614 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001615 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001616 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001617 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001618
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001619 void *InsertPos = 0;
1620 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1621 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1622 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1623 if (Canon) {
1624 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1625 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001626 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1627 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1628 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001629 } else {
1630 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1631 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001632 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1633 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1634 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001635 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1636 } else {
1637 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1638 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001639 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1640 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001641 }
1642 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001643
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001644 Types.push_back(New);
1645 return QualType(New, 0);
1646}
1647
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001648/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001649///
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001650QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, bool NoReturn) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001651 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1652 // structure.
1653 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001654 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, NoReturn);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001655
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001656 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001657 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001658 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001659 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001660
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001661 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001662 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001663 Canonical = getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), NoReturn);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001664
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001665 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001666 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1667 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001668 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001669 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001670
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001671 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1672 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001673 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001674 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001675 return QualType(New, 0);
1676}
1677
1678/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1679/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001680QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis971c4fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001681 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001682 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1683 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001684 const QualType *ExArray, bool NoReturn) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001685 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1686 // structure.
1687 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001688 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001689 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001690 NumExs, ExArray, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001691
1692 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001693 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001694 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001695 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001696
1697 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001698 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001699 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001700 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001701 isCanonical = false;
1702
1703 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001704 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001705 QualType Canonical;
1706 if (!isCanonical) {
1707 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
1708 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1709 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001710 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001711
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001712 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001713 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor47259d92009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001714 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
1715 false, 0, 0, NoReturn);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001716
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001717 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001718 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1719 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001720 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001721 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001722
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001723 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001724 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1725 // end of them.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001726 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001727 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1728 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001729 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001730 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001731 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001732 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001733 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001734 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001735 return QualType(FTP, 0);
1736}
1737
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001738/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1739/// specified type declaration.
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001740QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclType(TypeDecl *Decl, TypeDecl* PrevDecl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001741 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001742 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001743
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001744 if (TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001745 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001746 else if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl)) {
1747 assert(false && "Template type parameter types are always available.");
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001748 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCInterface
1749 = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001750 return getObjCInterfaceType(ObjCInterface);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001751
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001752 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001753 if (PrevDecl)
1754 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001755 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001756 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Record);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001757 } else if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001758 if (PrevDecl)
1759 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001760 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001761 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Enum);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001762 } else
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001763 assert(false && "TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001764
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001765 if (!PrevDecl) Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001766 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001767}
1768
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001769/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1770/// specified typename decl.
1771QualType ASTContext::getTypedefType(TypedefDecl *Decl) {
1772 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001773
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001774 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001775 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1776 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001777 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1778 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1779}
1780
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001781/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1782QualType
1783ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1784 QualType Replacement) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001785 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001786 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1787
1788 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1789 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1790 void *InsertPos = 0;
1791 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1792 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1793
1794 if (!SubstParm) {
1795 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1796 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1797 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1798 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1799 }
1800
1801 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1802}
1803
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001804/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001805/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001806/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001807QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001808 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001809 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1810 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001811 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001812 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001813 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001814 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1815
1816 if (TypeParm)
1817 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001818
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001819 if (Name) {
1820 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001821 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1822 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001823 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001824 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1825 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001826
1827 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1828 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1829
1830 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1831}
1832
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001833QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001834ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001835 const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args,
1836 unsigned NumArgs,
1837 QualType Canon) {
1838 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1839 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1840 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1841 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1842
1843 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, Canon);
1844}
1845
1846QualType
1847ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001848 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1849 unsigned NumArgs,
1850 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001851 if (!Canon.isNull())
1852 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
1853 else {
1854 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001855 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
1856 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
1857 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1858 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
1859 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
1860
1861 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
1862 // exists.
1863 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001864 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001865 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001866
1867 void *InsertPos = 0;
1868 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1869 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001870
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001871 if (!Spec) {
1872 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001873 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001874 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001875 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001876 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001877 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001878 Canon);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001879 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001880 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001881 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001882
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001883 if (Canon.isNull())
1884 Canon = QualType(Spec, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001885 assert(Canon->isDependentType() &&
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001886 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001887 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00001888
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001889 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
1890 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
1891 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001892 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor40808ce2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00001893 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001894 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001895 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1896 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, Template, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001897 Canon);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001898
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001899 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001900 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001901}
1902
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001903QualType
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001904ASTContext::getQualifiedNameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001905 QualType NamedType) {
1906 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001907 QualifiedNameType::Profile(ID, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001908
1909 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001910 QualifiedNameType *T
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001911 = QualifiedNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1912 if (T)
1913 return QualType(T, 0);
1914
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001915 T = new (*this) QualifiedNameType(NNS, NamedType,
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001916 getCanonicalType(NamedType));
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001917 Types.push_back(T);
1918 QualifiedNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
1919 return QualType(T, 0);
1920}
1921
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001922QualType ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001923 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
1924 QualType Canon) {
1925 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1926
1927 if (Canon.isNull()) {
1928 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
1929 if (CanonNNS != NNS)
1930 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, Name);
1931 }
1932
1933 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1934 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
1935
1936 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001937 TypenameType *T
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001938 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1939 if (T)
1940 return QualType(T, 0);
1941
1942 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, Name, Canon);
1943 Types.push_back(T);
1944 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001945 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001946}
1947
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001948QualType
1949ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001950 const TemplateSpecializationType *TemplateId,
1951 QualType Canon) {
1952 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1953
1954 if (Canon.isNull()) {
1955 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
1956 QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(QualType(TemplateId, 0));
1957 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonType != QualType(TemplateId, 0)) {
1958 const TemplateSpecializationType *CanonTemplateId
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001959 = CanonType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001960 assert(CanonTemplateId &&
1961 "Canonical type must also be a template specialization type");
1962 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, CanonTemplateId);
1963 }
1964 }
1965
1966 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1967 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateId);
1968
1969 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001970 TypenameType *T
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001971 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1972 if (T)
1973 return QualType(T, 0);
1974
1975 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, TemplateId, Canon);
1976 Types.push_back(T);
1977 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001978 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001979}
1980
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00001981QualType
1982ASTContext::getElaboratedType(QualType UnderlyingType,
1983 ElaboratedType::TagKind Tag) {
1984 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1985 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, UnderlyingType, Tag);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001986
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00001987 void *InsertPos = 0;
1988 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1989 if (T)
1990 return QualType(T, 0);
1991
1992 QualType Canon = getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType);
1993
1994 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(UnderlyingType, Tag, Canon);
1995 Types.push_back(T);
1996 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
1997 return QualType(T, 0);
1998}
1999
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002000/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2001/// alphabetically.
2002static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2003 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002004 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002005}
2006
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002007static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
2008 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2009 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2010
2011 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2012 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2013 return false;
2014 return true;
2015}
2016
2017static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002018 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2019 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002020
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002021 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2022 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2023
2024 // Remove duplicates.
2025 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2026 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2027}
2028
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002029/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2030/// the given interface decl and the conforming protocol list.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002031QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType InterfaceT,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002032 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002033 unsigned NumProtocols) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002034 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002035 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002036
2037 void *InsertPos = 0;
2038 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2039 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2040 return QualType(QT, 0);
2041
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002042 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2043 QualType Canonical;
2044 if (!InterfaceT.isCanonical() ||
2045 !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2046 if (!areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2047 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2048 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2049
2050 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2051 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2052
2053 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2054 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2055 } else {
2056 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2057 Protocols, NumProtocols);
2058 }
2059
2060 // Regenerate InsertPos.
2061 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2062 }
2063
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002064 // No Match;
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002065 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002066 ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002067
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002068 Types.push_back(QType);
2069 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
2070 return QualType(QType, 0);
2071}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002072
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002073/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2074/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2075QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00002076 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, unsigned NumProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002077 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002078 ObjCInterfaceType::Profile(ID, Decl, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002079
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002080 void *InsertPos = 0;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002081 if (ObjCInterfaceType *QT =
2082 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002083 return QualType(QT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002084
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002085 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2086 QualType Canonical;
2087 if (NumProtocols && !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2088 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2089 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2090
2091 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2092 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2093
2094 Canonical = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl, &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2095
2096 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2097 }
2098
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002099 ObjCInterfaceType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002100 ObjCInterfaceType(Canonical, const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(Decl),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002101 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002102
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002103 Types.push_back(QType);
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002104 ObjCInterfaceTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002105 return QualType(QType, 0);
2106}
2107
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002108/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2109/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002110/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002111/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002112/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002113QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002114 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002115 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2116 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2117 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002118
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002119 void *InsertPos = 0;
2120 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2121 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2122 if (Canon) {
2123 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2124 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002125 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002126 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2127 }
2128 else {
2129 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002130 Canon
2131 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002132 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2133 toe = Canon;
2134 }
2135 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002136 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002137 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002138 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002139 Types.push_back(toe);
2140 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002141}
2142
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002143/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2144/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2145/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002146/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002147/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002148QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002149 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002150 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002151 Types.push_back(tot);
2152 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002153}
2154
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002155/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2156/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2157static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002158 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2159 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002160
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002161 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2162 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2163 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2164 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2165 return VD->getType();
2166 }
2167 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2168 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2169 return FD->getType();
2170 }
2171 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2172 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2173 // return type of that function.
2174 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2175 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002176
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002177 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002178
2179 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002180 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2181 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2182 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002183
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002184 return T;
2185}
2186
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002187/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2188/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2189/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002190/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002191/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2192QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002193 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002194 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2195 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2196 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002197
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002198 void *InsertPos = 0;
2199 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2200 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2201 if (Canon) {
2202 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2203 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002204 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002205 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2206 }
2207 else {
2208 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002209 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002210 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2211 dt = Canon;
2212 }
2213 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002214 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002215 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002216 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002217 Types.push_back(dt);
2218 return QualType(dt, 0);
2219}
2220
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002221/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2222/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002223QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002224 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002225 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2226 // away const? mutable?
2227 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002228}
2229
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002230/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2231/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2232/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002233QualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002234 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002235}
2236
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002237/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2238/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2239QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2240 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2241 return WCharTy;
2242}
2243
2244/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2245/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2246QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2247 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2248 return UnsignedIntTy;
2249}
2250
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002251/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2252/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2253QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002254 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002255}
2256
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002257//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2258// Type Operators
2259//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2260
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002261CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2262 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2263 // qualifiers.
2264 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2265 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
2266
2267 QualType Result;
2268 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2269 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2270 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2271 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2272 } else {
2273 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2274 }
2275
2276 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2277}
2278
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002279/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2280/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2281/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2282/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2283/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2284/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002285CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002286 QualifierCollector Quals;
2287 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2288 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002289
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002290 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2291 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2292
2293 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2294 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002295 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002296
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002297 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2298 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2299 // type.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002300 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2301 if (!AT)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002302 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002303
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002304 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2305 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002306 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002307 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002308
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002309 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002310 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2311 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2312 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002313 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002314 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002315 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2316 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002317 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002318
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002319 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002320 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2321 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002322 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2323 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002324 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002325 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor87a924e2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002326 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002327
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002328 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002329 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002330 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2331 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002332 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002333 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002334 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002335}
2336
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002337TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
2338 // If this template name refers to a template, the canonical
2339 // template name merely stores the template itself.
2340 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002341 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002342
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002343 // If this template name refers to a set of overloaded function templates,
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00002344 /// the canonical template name merely stores the set of function templates.
Douglas Gregor6ebd15e2009-07-31 05:24:01 +00002345 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Name.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl()) {
2346 OverloadedFunctionDecl *CanonOvl = 0;
2347 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator F = Ovl->function_begin(),
2348 FEnd = Ovl->function_end();
2349 F != FEnd; ++F) {
2350 Decl *Canon = F->get()->getCanonicalDecl();
2351 if (CanonOvl || Canon != F->get()) {
2352 if (!CanonOvl)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002353 CanonOvl = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(*this,
2354 Ovl->getDeclContext(),
Douglas Gregor6ebd15e2009-07-31 05:24:01 +00002355 Ovl->getDeclName());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002356
Douglas Gregor6ebd15e2009-07-31 05:24:01 +00002357 CanonOvl->addOverload(
2358 AnyFunctionDecl::getFromNamedDecl(cast<NamedDecl>(Canon)));
2359 }
2360 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002361
Douglas Gregor6ebd15e2009-07-31 05:24:01 +00002362 return TemplateName(CanonOvl? CanonOvl : Ovl);
2363 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002364
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002365 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2366 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2367 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2368}
2369
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002370bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2371 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2372 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2373 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2374}
2375
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002376TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002377ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2378 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2379 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2380 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002381
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002382 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002383 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002384
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002385 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002386 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002387
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002388 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2389 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2390
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002391 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002392 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002393 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002394
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002395 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002396 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002397
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002398 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2399 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2400 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2401 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002402 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002403 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2404 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2405 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002406
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002407 TemplateArgument Result;
2408 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2409 return Result;
2410 }
2411 }
2412
2413 // Silence GCC warning
2414 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2415 return TemplateArgument();
2416}
2417
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002418NestedNameSpecifier *
2419ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002420 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002421 return 0;
2422
2423 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2424 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2425 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002426 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002427 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2428 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2429
2430 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2431 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2432 // this namespace and no prefix.
2433 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2434
2435 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2436 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2437 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002438 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2439 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002440 T.getTypePtr());
2441 }
2442
2443 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2444 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2445 return NNS;
2446 }
2447
2448 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2449 return 0;
2450}
2451
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002452
2453const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2454 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002455 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002456 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2457 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2458 return AT;
2459 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002460
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002461 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002462 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002463 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002464 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002465
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002466 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002467 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2468 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002469
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002470 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2471 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002472 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002473
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002474 QualifierCollector Qs;
2475 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002476
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002477 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2478 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002479 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002480 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002481
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002482 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2483 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2484 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2485 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002486 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002487
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002488 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2489 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2490 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002491 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002492 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2493 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2494 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002495 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002496
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002497 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002498 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2499 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002500 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002501 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2502 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002503 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002504 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002505 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002506
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002507 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002508 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002509 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002510 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002511 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002512 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002513 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002514}
2515
2516
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002517/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2518/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2519/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2520/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2521///
2522/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2523QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002524 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2525 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2526 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2527 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2528 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2529 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002530
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002531 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002532
2533 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002534 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002535}
2536
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002537QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002538 QualifierCollector Qs;
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002539 while (true) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002540 const Type *UT = Qs.strip(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002541 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(UT,0))) {
2542 QT = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00002543 } else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002544 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002545 }
2546 }
2547}
2548
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002549QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2550 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002551
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002552 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2553 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002554
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002555 return ElemTy;
2556}
2557
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002558/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002559uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002560ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2561 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2562 do {
2563 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2564 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2565 } while (CA);
2566 return ElementCount;
2567}
2568
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002569/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2570/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002571static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002572 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002573 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002574
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002575 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2576 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002577 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002578 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2579 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2580 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
2581 }
2582}
2583
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002584/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2585/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002586/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2587/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002588QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2589 QualType Domain) const {
2590 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2591 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2592 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002593 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002594 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2595 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2596 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2597 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002598 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002599
2600 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2601 switch (EltRank) {
2602 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2603 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2604 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2605 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002606 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002607}
2608
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002609/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2610/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2611/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002612/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002613int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2614 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2615 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002616
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002617 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002618 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002619 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002620 return 1;
2621 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002622}
2623
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002624/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2625/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2626/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002627unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002628 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002629 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
2630 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr();
2631
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002632 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2633 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2634
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002635 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2636 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2637
2638 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2639 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2640
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002641 // There are two things which impact the integer rank: the width, and
2642 // the ordering of builtins. The builtin ordering is encoded in the
2643 // bottom three bits; the width is encoded in the bits above that.
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +00002644 if (FixedWidthIntType* FWIT = dyn_cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T))
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002645 return FWIT->getWidth() << 3;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002646
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002647 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002648 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2649 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002650 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002651 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2652 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2653 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2654 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002655 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002656 case BuiltinType::Short:
2657 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002658 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002659 case BuiltinType::Int:
2660 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002661 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002662 case BuiltinType::Long:
2663 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002664 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002665 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2666 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002667 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002668 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2669 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2670 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002671 }
2672}
2673
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002674/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2675/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2676///
2677/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2678/// promotion occurs.
2679QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
2680 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2681 if (!Field)
2682 return QualType();
2683
2684 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2685
2686 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2687 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2688 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2689 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2690 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2691 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2692 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2693 return IntTy;
2694
2695 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2696 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2697
2698 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2699 // like the base type.
2700 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2701 // is ridiculous.
2702 return QualType();
2703}
2704
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002705/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2706/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2707/// integer type.
2708QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2709 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2710 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
2711 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2712 return IntTy;
2713 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2714 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2715 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
2716 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2717}
2718
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002719/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002720/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002721/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002722int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002723 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
2724 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002725 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002726
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002727 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
2728 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002729
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002730 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
2731 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002732
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002733 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
2734 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
2735 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
2736 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002737
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002738 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
2739 if (LHSUnsigned) {
2740 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
2741 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
2742 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002743
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002744 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2745 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002746 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002747 return -1;
2748 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002749
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002750 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
2751 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
2752 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002753
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002754 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2755 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002756 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002757 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002758}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002759
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002760static RecordDecl *
2761CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
2762 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
2763 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2764 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2765 else
2766 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2767}
2768
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002769// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002770QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
2771 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002772 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002773 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2774 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
2775
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002776 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002777
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002778 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002779 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002780 // int flags;
2781 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002782 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002783 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002784 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002785 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
2786
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002787 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002788 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002789 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002790 SourceLocation(), 0,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa1d56622009-08-19 01:27:57 +00002791 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002792 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002793 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002794 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002795 }
2796
2797 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002798 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002799
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002800 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00002801}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00002802
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002803void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002804 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002805 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
2806 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
2807}
2808
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002809QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002810 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002811 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002812 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2813 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002814
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002815 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2816 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002817 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002818 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
2819 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
2820 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
2821 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002822
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002823 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002824 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2825 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
2826 SourceLocation(), 0,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa1d56622009-08-19 01:27:57 +00002827 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002828 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002829 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002830 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002831 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002832
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002833 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002834 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002835
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002836 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
2837}
2838
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002839QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
2840 if (BlockDescriptorType)
2841 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2842
2843 RecordDecl *T;
2844 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002845 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2846 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002847
2848 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2849 UnsignedLongTy,
2850 UnsignedLongTy,
2851 };
2852
2853 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2854 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002855 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002856 };
2857
2858 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
2859 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2860 T,
2861 SourceLocation(),
2862 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
2863 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
2864 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2865 /*Mutable=*/false);
2866 T->addDecl(Field);
2867 }
2868
2869 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2870
2871 BlockDescriptorType = T;
2872
2873 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2874}
2875
2876void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
2877 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2878 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2879 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
2880}
2881
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002882QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
2883 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
2884 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2885
2886 RecordDecl *T;
2887 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002888 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2889 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002890
2891 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2892 UnsignedLongTy,
2893 UnsignedLongTy,
2894 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2895 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
2896 };
2897
2898 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2899 "reserved",
2900 "Size",
2901 "CopyFuncPtr",
2902 "DestroyFuncPtr"
2903 };
2904
2905 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
2906 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2907 T,
2908 SourceLocation(),
2909 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
2910 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
2911 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2912 /*Mutable=*/false);
2913 T->addDecl(Field);
2914 }
2915
2916 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2917
2918 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
2919
2920 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2921}
2922
2923void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
2924 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2925 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2926 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
2927}
2928
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002929bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
2930 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
2931 return true;
2932 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
2933 return true;
2934 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2935 return true;
2936 return false;
2937}
2938
2939QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(const char *DeclName, QualType Ty) {
2940 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002941 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002942 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002943 // unsigned int __flags;
2944 // unsigned int __size;
Mike Stump38e16272009-10-21 22:01:24 +00002945 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
2946 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002947 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002948 // } *
2949
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002950 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
2951
2952 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00002953 static unsigned int UniqueBlockByRefTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00002954 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
2955 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
2956 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002957 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002958 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2959 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002960 T->startDefinition();
2961 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
2962 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
2963 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2964 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2965 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
2966 Int32Ty,
2967 Int32Ty,
2968 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2969 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2970 Ty
2971 };
2972
2973 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2974 "__isa",
2975 "__forwarding",
2976 "__flags",
2977 "__size",
2978 "__copy_helper",
2979 "__destroy_helper",
2980 DeclName,
2981 };
2982
2983 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
2984 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
2985 continue;
2986 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
2987 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
2988 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
2989 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
2990 T->addDecl(Field);
2991 }
2992
2993 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2994
2995 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002996}
2997
2998
2999QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003000 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003001 llvm::SmallVector<const Expr *, 8> &BlockDeclRefDecls) {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003002 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00003003 static unsigned int UniqueBlockParmTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003004 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3005 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3006 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003007 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003008 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
3009 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003010 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3011 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3012 IntTy,
3013 IntTy,
3014 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003015 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3016 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3017 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003018 };
3019
3020 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3021 "__isa",
3022 "__flags",
3023 "__reserved",
3024 "__FuncPtr",
3025 "__descriptor"
3026 };
3027
3028 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003029 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003030 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
3031 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003032 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3033 T->addDecl(Field);
3034 }
3035
3036 for (size_t i = 0; i < BlockDeclRefDecls.size(); ++i) {
3037 const Expr *E = BlockDeclRefDecls[i];
3038 const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E);
3039 clang::IdentifierInfo *Name = 0;
3040 if (BDRE) {
3041 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3042 Name = &Idents.get(D->getName());
3043 }
3044 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3045
3046 if (BDRE && BDRE->isByRef())
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003047 FieldType = BuildByRefType(BDRE->getDecl()->getNameAsCString(),
3048 FieldType);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003049
3050 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3051 Name, FieldType, /*DInfo=*/0,
3052 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003053 T->addDecl(Field);
3054 }
3055
3056 T->completeDefinition(*this);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003057
3058 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003059}
3060
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003061void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003062 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003063 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3064 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3065}
3066
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003067// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3068// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003069static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003070 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003071 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3072 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003073
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003074 return false;
3075}
3076
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003077/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003078/// purpose.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003079int ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003080 uint64_t sz = getTypeSize(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003081
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003082 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
3083 if (sz > 0 && type->isIntegralType())
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003084 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSize(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003085 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3086 else if (type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003087 sz = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
3088 return sz / getTypeSize(CharTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003089}
3090
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003091/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
3092/// declaration.
3093void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3094 std::string& S) {
3095 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3096 QualType BlockTy =
3097 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3098 // Encode result type.
3099 getObjCEncodingForType(cast<FunctionType>(BlockTy)->getResultType(), S);
3100 // Compute size of all parameters.
3101 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3102 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3103 SourceLocation Loc;
3104 int PtrSize = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy) / getTypeSize(CharTy);
3105 int ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3106 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3107 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3108 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3109 int sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3110 assert (sz > 0 && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
3111 ParmOffset += sz;
3112 }
3113 // Size of the argument frame
3114 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
3115 // Block pointer and offset.
3116 S += "@?0";
3117 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3118
3119 // Argument types.
3120 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3121 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3122 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3123 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3124 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3125 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3126 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3127 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3128 // elements.
3129 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3130 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3131 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3132 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3133 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
3134 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
3135 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3136 }
3137}
3138
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003139/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003140/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003141void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003142 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003143 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003144 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003145 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003146 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003147 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003148 // Compute size of all parameters.
3149 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3150 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3151 SourceLocation Loc;
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003152 int PtrSize = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy) / getTypeSize(CharTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003153 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3154 // their size.
3155 int ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003156 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3157 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3158 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3159 int sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003160 assert (sz > 0 && "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003161 ParmOffset += sz;
3162 }
3163 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
3164 S += "@0:";
3165 S += llvm::utostr(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003166
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003167 // Argument types.
3168 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003169 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3170 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3171 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003172 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003173 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003174 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3175 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3176 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003177 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003178 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3179 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3180 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003181 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003182 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003183 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003184 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003185 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003186 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003187 }
3188}
3189
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003190/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003191/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003192/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3193/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003194/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3195/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3196/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3197/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3198/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003199/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3200/// @code
3201/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3202/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3203/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3204/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3205/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3206/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3207/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3208/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3209/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3210/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3211/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3212/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3213/// };
3214/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003215void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003216 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003217 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003218 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3219 bool Dynamic = false;
3220 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3221
3222 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3223 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003224 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003225 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3226 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003227 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003228 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003229 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3230 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3231 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3232 Dynamic = true;
3233 } else {
3234 SynthesizePID = PID;
3235 }
3236 }
3237 }
3238 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003239 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003240 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003241 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003242 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003243 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3244 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3245 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3246 Dynamic = true;
3247 } else {
3248 SynthesizePID = PID;
3249 }
3250 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003251 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003252 }
3253 }
3254
3255 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3256 S = "T";
3257
3258 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003259 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3260 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003261 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003262 true /* outermost type */,
3263 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003264
3265 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3266 S += ",R";
3267 } else {
3268 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3269 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3270 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003271 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003272 }
3273 }
3274
3275 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3276 // are "dynamic by default".
3277 if (Dynamic)
3278 S += ",D";
3279
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003280 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3281 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003282
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003283 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3284 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003285 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003286 }
3287
3288 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3289 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003290 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003291 }
3292
3293 if (SynthesizePID) {
3294 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3295 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003296 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003297 }
3298
3299 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3300}
3301
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003302/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003303/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3304/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003305/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3306///
3307void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003308 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003309 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003310 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3311 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003312 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003313 else
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003314 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3315 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003316 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3317 }
3318 }
3319}
3320
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003321void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003322 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003323 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3324 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3325 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3326 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003327 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003328 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003329}
3330
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003331static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003332 const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003333 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3334 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3335 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Eli Friedman9a901bb2009-04-26 19:19:15 +00003336 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003337 S += 'b';
3338 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3339}
3340
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003341// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003342void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3343 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3344 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003345 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003346 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003347 bool EncodingProperty) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003348 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003349 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3350 return EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3351 char encoding;
3352 switch (BT->getKind()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003353 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003354 case BuiltinType::Void: encoding = 'v'; break;
3355 case BuiltinType::Bool: encoding = 'B'; break;
3356 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3357 case BuiltinType::UChar: encoding = 'C'; break;
3358 case BuiltinType::UShort: encoding = 'S'; break;
3359 case BuiltinType::UInt: encoding = 'I'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003360 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3361 encoding =
3362 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
Fariborz Jahanian72696e12009-02-11 22:31:45 +00003363 break;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003364 case BuiltinType::UInt128: encoding = 'T'; break;
3365 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: encoding = 'Q'; break;
3366 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3367 case BuiltinType::SChar: encoding = 'c'; break;
3368 case BuiltinType::Short: encoding = 's'; break;
3369 case BuiltinType::Int: encoding = 'i'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003370 case BuiltinType::Long:
3371 encoding =
3372 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003373 break;
3374 case BuiltinType::LongLong: encoding = 'q'; break;
3375 case BuiltinType::Int128: encoding = 't'; break;
3376 case BuiltinType::Float: encoding = 'f'; break;
3377 case BuiltinType::Double: encoding = 'd'; break;
3378 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: encoding = 'd'; break;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003379 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003380
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003381 S += encoding;
3382 return;
3383 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003384
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003385 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003386 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003387 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003388 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003389 return;
3390 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003391
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003392 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003393 QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003394 bool isReadOnly = false;
3395 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3396 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3397 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003398 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003399 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003400 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3401 isReadOnly = true;
3402 S += 'r';
3403 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003404 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003405 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003406 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3407 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003408 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3409 isReadOnly = true;
3410 S += 'r';
3411 }
3412 }
3413 if (isReadOnly) {
3414 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3415 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3416 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
3417 const char * s = S.c_str();
3418 int len = S.length();
3419 if (len >= 2 && s[len-2] == 'n' && s[len-1] == 'r') {
3420 std::string replace = "rn";
3421 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), replace);
3422 }
3423 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003424 if (isObjCSelType(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003425 S += ':';
3426 return;
Fariborz Jahanianc2939bc2007-10-30 17:06:23 +00003427 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003428
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003429 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3430 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3431 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003432 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003433 S += '*';
3434 return;
3435 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003436 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003437 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3438 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3439 S += '#';
3440 return;
3441 }
3442 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3443 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3444 S += '@';
3445 return;
3446 }
3447 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003448 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003449 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003450 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3451
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003452 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003453 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003454 return;
3455 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003456
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003457 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3458 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3459 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003460 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3461 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3462 S += '^';
3463
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003464 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003465 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3466 } else {
3467 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003468
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003469 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3470 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3471 else {
3472 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3473 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3474 S += '0';
3475 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003476
3477 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003478 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3479 S += ']';
3480 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003481 return;
3482 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003483
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003484 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003485 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003486 return;
3487 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003488
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003489 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003490 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003491 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003492 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3493 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3494 S += II->getName();
3495 } else {
3496 S += '?';
3497 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003498 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003499 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003500 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3501 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003502 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003503 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003504 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003505 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003506 S += '"';
3507 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003508
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003509 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003510 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003511 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003512 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003513 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003514 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3515 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003516 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003517 FD);
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003518 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003519 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003520 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003521 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003522 return;
3523 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003524
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003525 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003526 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3527 EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3528 else
3529 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003530 return;
3531 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003532
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003533 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003534 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003535 return;
3536 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003537
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003538 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003539 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003540 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003541 S += '{';
3542 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3543 S += II->getName();
3544 S += '=';
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003545 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003546 CollectObjCIvars(OI, RecFields);
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003547 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003548 if (RecFields[i]->isBitField())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003549 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003550 RecFields[i]);
3551 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003552 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003553 FD);
3554 }
3555 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003556 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003557 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003558
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003559 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003560 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3561 S += '@';
3562 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003563 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003564
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003565 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3566 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3567 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3568 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003569 S += '#';
3570 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003571 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003572
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003573 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003574 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003575 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3576 ExpandStructures, FD);
3577 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3578 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3579 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003580 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003581 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3582 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003583 S += '<';
3584 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3585 S += '>';
3586 }
3587 S += '"';
3588 }
3589 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003590 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003591
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003592 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3593 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3594 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3595 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003596 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003597 // {...};
3598 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003599 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3600 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003601 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003602 return;
3603 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003604
3605 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003606 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003607 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003608 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003609 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3610 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003611 S += '<';
3612 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3613 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003614 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003615 S += '"';
3616 }
3617 return;
3618 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003619
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003620 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003621}
3622
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003623void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003624 std::string& S) const {
3625 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
3626 S += 'n';
3627 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
3628 S += 'N';
3629 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
3630 S += 'o';
3631 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
3632 S += 'O';
3633 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
3634 S += 'R';
3635 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
3636 S += 'V';
3637}
3638
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003639void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003640 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003641
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003642 BuiltinVaListType = T;
3643}
3644
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003645void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003646 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00003647}
3648
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003649void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00003650 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003651}
3652
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003653void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003654 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00003655}
3656
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003657void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003658 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003659}
3660
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003661void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003662 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003663 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003664
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003665 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003666}
3667
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003668/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
3669/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003670TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003671 bool TemplateKeyword,
3672 TemplateDecl *Template) {
3673 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3674 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3675
3676 void *InsertPos = 0;
3677 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
3678 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3679 if (!QTN) {
3680 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3681 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3682 }
3683
3684 return TemplateName(QTN);
3685}
3686
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00003687/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
3688/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003689TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00003690 bool TemplateKeyword,
3691 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Template) {
3692 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3693 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003694
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00003695 void *InsertPos = 0;
3696 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
3697 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3698 if (!QTN) {
3699 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3700 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3701 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003702
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00003703 return TemplateName(QTN);
3704}
3705
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003706/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3707/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003708TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003709 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003710 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00003711 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003712
3713 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3714 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
3715
3716 void *InsertPos = 0;
3717 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3718 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3719
3720 if (QTN)
3721 return TemplateName(QTN);
3722
3723 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3724 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3725 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
3726 } else {
3727 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
3728 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
3729 }
3730
3731 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3732 return TemplateName(QTN);
3733}
3734
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003735/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3736/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
3737TemplateName
3738ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3739 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
3740 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3741 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
3742
3743 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3744 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
3745
3746 void *InsertPos = 0;
3747 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3748 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3749
3750 if (QTN)
3751 return TemplateName(QTN);
3752
3753 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3754 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3755 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
3756 } else {
3757 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
3758 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
3759 }
3760
3761 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3762 return TemplateName(QTN);
3763}
3764
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003765/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00003766/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
3767/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003768CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003769 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003770 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003771 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
3772 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
3773 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
3774 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
3775 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
3776 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
3777 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
3778 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
3779 }
3780
3781 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003782 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003783}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00003784
3785//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3786// Type Predicates.
3787//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3788
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003789/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
3790/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
3791/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003792/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003793///
3794bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
3795 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
3796 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003797 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003798 return true;
3799 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003800 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003801}
3802
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003803/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
3804/// garbage collection attribute.
3805///
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003806Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
3807 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003808 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3809 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003810 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003811 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003812 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003813 // as __strong.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003814 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian75212ee2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00003815 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003816 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003817 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003818 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003819 }
Fariborz Jahanianc2112182009-04-11 00:00:54 +00003820 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
3821 // set on them.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003822 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003823 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003824 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003825 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003826}
3827
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003828//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3829// Type Compatibility Testing
3830//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00003831
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003832/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003833/// compatible.
3834static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
3835 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003836 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003837 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003838 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003839}
3840
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003841//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3842// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
3843//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3844
3845/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
3846/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003847bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
3848 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003849 if (lProto == rProto)
3850 return true;
3851 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
3852 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
3853 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
3854 return true;
3855 return false;
3856}
3857
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003858/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
3859/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
3860/// otherwise.
3861bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
3862 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3863 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
3864 return false;
3865}
3866
3867/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
3868/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
3869bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
3870 bool compare) {
3871 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003872 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003873 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
3874 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003875 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003876 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
3877 return true;
3878
3879 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003880 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003881
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003882 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003883
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003884 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003885 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003886 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
3887 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3888 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3889 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3890 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3891 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3892 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003893 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003894 return false;
3895 }
3896 }
3897 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
3898 return true;
3899 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003900 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003901 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3902 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3903 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
3904 bool match = false;
3905
3906 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3907 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3908 // through its super class and categories.
3909 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
3910 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
3911 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
3912 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
3913 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
3914 match = true;
3915 break;
3916 }
3917 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003918 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003919 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
3920 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3921 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3922 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3923 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3924 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3925 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003926 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003927 match = true;
3928 break;
3929 }
3930 }
3931 }
3932 if (!match)
3933 return false;
3934 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003935
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003936 return true;
3937 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003938
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003939 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
3940 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
3941
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003942 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003943 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
3944 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
3945 bool match = false;
3946 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3947 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
3948 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3949 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3950 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3951 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003952 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003953 match = true;
3954 break;
3955 }
3956 }
3957 if (!match)
3958 return false;
3959 }
3960 return true;
3961 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003962 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003963 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
3964 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3965 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
3966 bool match = false;
3967
3968 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3969 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3970 // through its super class and categories.
3971 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
3972 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
3973 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
3974 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
3975 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
3976 match = true;
3977 break;
3978 }
3979 }
3980 if (!match)
3981 return false;
3982 }
3983 return true;
3984 }
3985 return false;
3986}
3987
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003988/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003989/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
3990/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
3991///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003992bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
3993 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003994 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
3995 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003996 return true;
3997
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003998 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003999 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4000 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004001 false);
4002
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004003 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4004 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004005 if (LHS && RHS) // We have 2 user-defined types.
4006 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004007
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004008 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004009}
4010
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004011/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4012/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4013/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4014/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4015static
4016void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4017 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4018 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4019 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4020
4021 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4022 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4023
4024 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4025 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4026 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4027 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4028 else {
4029 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4030 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getDecl(), LHSInheritedProtocols);
4031 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4032 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4033 }
4034
4035 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4036 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
4037 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = (ObjCProtocolDecl **)RHS->qual_begin();
4038 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4039 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4040 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4041 }
4042 else {
4043 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
4044 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getDecl(), RHSInheritedProtocols);
4045 // FIXME. This may cause duplication of protocols in the list, but should
4046 // be harmless.
4047 for (unsigned i = 0, len = RHSInheritedProtocols.size(); i < len; ++i)
4048 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSInheritedProtocols[i]))
4049 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSInheritedProtocols[i]);
4050 }
4051}
4052
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004053/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4054/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4055/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4056/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4057QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
4058 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4059 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
4060 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4061 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4062 if (!LHS || !RHS)
4063 return QualType();
4064
4065 while (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSIDecl = LHS->getDecl()->getSuperClass()) {
4066 QualType LHSTy = getObjCInterfaceType(LHSIDecl);
4067 LHS = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004068 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
4069 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> IntersectionOfProtocols;
4070 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this,
4071 LHSOPT, RHSOPT, IntersectionOfProtocols);
4072 if (IntersectionOfProtocols.empty())
4073 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy);
4074 else
4075 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy, &IntersectionOfProtocols[0],
4076 IntersectionOfProtocols.size());
4077 return LHSTy;
4078 }
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004079 }
4080
4081 return QualType();
4082}
4083
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004084bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCInterfaceType *LHS,
4085 const ObjCInterfaceType *RHS) {
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004086 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4087 // the LHS.
4088 if (!LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4089 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004090
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004091 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4092 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004093 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004094 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004095
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004096 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4097 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004098 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004099 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004100
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004101 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4102 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004103 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4104 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4105
4106 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4107 // are incompatible.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004108 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004109 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004110 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4111 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004112 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004113 break;
4114 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004115 }
4116 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4117 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4118 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004119 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004120 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4121 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004122}
4123
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004124bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4125 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004126 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4127 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004128
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004129 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004130 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004131
4132 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4133 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004134}
4135
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004136/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004137/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004138/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004139/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004140bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4141 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS).isNull();
4142}
4143
4144QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004145 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4146 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004147 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4148 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004149 bool allLTypes = true;
4150 bool allRTypes = true;
4151
4152 // Check return type
4153 QualType retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType());
4154 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004155 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()))
4156 allLTypes = false;
4157 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()))
4158 allRTypes = false;
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00004159 // FIXME: double check this
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004160 bool NoReturn = lbase->getNoReturnAttr() || rbase->getNoReturnAttr();
4161 if (NoReturn != lbase->getNoReturnAttr())
4162 allLTypes = false;
4163 if (NoReturn != rbase->getNoReturnAttr())
4164 allRTypes = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004165
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004166 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004167 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4168 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004169 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4170 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4171
4172 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4173 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4174 return QualType();
4175
4176 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4177 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4178 return QualType();
4179
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004180 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4181 return QualType();
4182
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004183 // Check argument compatibility
4184 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4185 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4186 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4187 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4188 QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype);
4189 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
4190 types.push_back(argtype);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004191 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4192 allLTypes = false;
4193 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4194 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004195 }
4196 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4197 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4198 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004199 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
4200 NoReturn);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004201 }
4202
4203 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4204 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4205
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004206 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004207 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004208 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004209 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4210 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4211 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4212 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4213 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4214 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4215 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4216 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4217 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
4218 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4219 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4220 return QualType();
4221 }
4222
4223 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4224 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4225 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump2d3c1912009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004226 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
4227 proto->getTypeQuals(), NoReturn);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004228 }
4229
4230 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4231 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004232 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, NoReturn);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004233}
4234
4235QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004236 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4237 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4238 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004239 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4240 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004241 // FIXME: C++ shouldn't be going through here! The rules are different
4242 // enough that they should be handled separately.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004243 // FIXME: Merging of lvalue and rvalue references is incorrect. C++ *really*
4244 // shouldn't be going through here!
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004245 if (const ReferenceType *RT = LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Chris Lattnerc4e40592008-04-07 04:07:56 +00004246 LHS = RT->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004247 if (const ReferenceType *RT = RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Chris Lattnerc4e40592008-04-07 04:07:56 +00004248 RHS = RT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerf3692dc2008-04-07 05:37:56 +00004249
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004250 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4251 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4252
4253 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4254 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4255 return LHS;
4256
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004257 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004258 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4259 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004260 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4261 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4262 // mismatch.
4263 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4264 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4265 return QualType();
4266
4267 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4268 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4269 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4270 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4271 // qualified __strong.
4272 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4273 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4274 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4275
4276 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4277 return QualType();
4278
4279 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4280 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4281 }
4282 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4283 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4284 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004285 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004286 }
4287
4288 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004289
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004290 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4291 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004292
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004293 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4294 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4295 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4296 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004297
4298 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004299 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4300 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4301 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4302 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004303
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004304 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4305 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4306 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004307
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004308 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004309 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004310 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004311 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004312 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004313 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4314 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004315 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004316 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004317 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4318 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004319 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004320
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004321 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004322 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004323
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004324 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004325 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004326#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4327#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
4328#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4329#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4330#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4331 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4332 return QualType();
4333
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004334 case Type::LValueReference:
4335 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004336 case Type::MemberPointer:
4337 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4338 return QualType();
4339
4340 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4341 case Type::VariableArray:
4342 case Type::FunctionProto:
4343 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004344 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4345 return QualType();
4346
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004347 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004348 {
4349 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004350 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4351 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004352 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4353 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004354 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004355 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004356 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004357 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004358 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4359 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004360 case Type::BlockPointer:
4361 {
4362 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004363 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4364 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004365 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4366 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
4367 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4368 return LHS;
4369 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4370 return RHS;
4371 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
4372 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004373 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004374 {
4375 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
4376 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
4377 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
4378 return QualType();
4379
4380 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
4381 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
4382 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem);
4383 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004384 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4385 return LHS;
4386 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4387 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004388 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
4389 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
4390 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
4391 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004392 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
4393 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004394 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4395 return LHS;
4396 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4397 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004398 if (LVAT) {
4399 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4400 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
4401 // has to be different.
4402 return LHS;
4403 }
4404 if (RVAT) {
4405 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4406 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
4407 // has to be different.
4408 return RHS;
4409 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004410 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
4411 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004412 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
4413 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004414 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004415 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004416 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004417 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004418 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004419 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004420 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004421 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004422 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00004423 case Type::Complex:
4424 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
4425 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004426 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004427 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004428 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHS->getAs<VectorType>(), RHS->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004429 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004430 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004431 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004432 // Check if the interfaces are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004433 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
4434 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004435 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
4436 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004437 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
4438 canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
4439 return LHS;
4440
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004441 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004442 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004443 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004444 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4445 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004446 return LHS;
4447
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00004448 return QualType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004449 }
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004450 case Type::FixedWidthInt:
4451 // Distinct fixed-width integers are not compatible.
4452 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004453 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
4454 assert(false && "Dependent types have no size");
4455 break;
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004456 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004457
4458 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004459}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00004460
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00004461//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004462// Integer Predicates
4463//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00004464
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004465unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
Sebastian Redl632d7722009-11-05 21:10:57 +00004466 if (T->isBooleanType())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004467 return 1;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004468 if (FixedWidthIntType *FWIT = dyn_cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T)) {
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004469 return FWIT->getWidth();
4470 }
4471 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004472 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
4473}
4474
4475QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
4476 assert(T->isSignedIntegerType() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004477
4478 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
4479 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
4480 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
4481 VTy->getNumElements());
4482
4483 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
4484 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004485 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004486
4487 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
4488 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004489 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
4490 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4491 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4492 return UnsignedCharTy;
4493 case BuiltinType::Short:
4494 return UnsignedShortTy;
4495 case BuiltinType::Int:
4496 return UnsignedIntTy;
4497 case BuiltinType::Long:
4498 return UnsignedLongTy;
4499 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4500 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004501 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4502 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004503 default:
4504 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
4505 return QualType();
4506 }
4507}
4508
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +00004509ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
4510
4511void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004512
4513
4514//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4515// Builtin Type Computation
4516//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4517
4518/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
4519/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004520static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004521 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
4522 bool AllowTypeModifiers = true) {
4523 // Modifiers.
4524 int HowLong = 0;
4525 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004526
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004527 // Read the modifiers first.
4528 bool Done = false;
4529 while (!Done) {
4530 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004531 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004532 case 'S':
4533 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4534 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4535 Signed = true;
4536 break;
4537 case 'U':
4538 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4539 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4540 Unsigned = true;
4541 break;
4542 case 'L':
4543 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
4544 ++HowLong;
4545 break;
4546 }
4547 }
4548
4549 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004550
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004551 // Read the base type.
4552 switch (*Str++) {
4553 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
4554 case 'v':
4555 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4556 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
4557 Type = Context.VoidTy;
4558 break;
4559 case 'f':
4560 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4561 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
4562 Type = Context.FloatTy;
4563 break;
4564 case 'd':
4565 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4566 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
4567 if (HowLong)
4568 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
4569 else
4570 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
4571 break;
4572 case 's':
4573 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
4574 if (Unsigned)
4575 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
4576 else
4577 Type = Context.ShortTy;
4578 break;
4579 case 'i':
4580 if (HowLong == 3)
4581 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
4582 else if (HowLong == 2)
4583 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
4584 else if (HowLong == 1)
4585 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
4586 else
4587 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
4588 break;
4589 case 'c':
4590 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
4591 if (Signed)
4592 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
4593 else if (Unsigned)
4594 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
4595 else
4596 Type = Context.CharTy;
4597 break;
4598 case 'b': // boolean
4599 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
4600 Type = Context.BoolTy;
4601 break;
4602 case 'z': // size_t.
4603 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
4604 Type = Context.getSizeType();
4605 break;
4606 case 'F':
4607 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
4608 break;
4609 case 'a':
4610 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4611 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4612 break;
4613 case 'A':
4614 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
4615 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
4616 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
4617 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
4618 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
4619 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
4620 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
4621 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
4622 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4623 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4624 if (Type->isArrayType()) {
4625 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
4626 } else {
4627 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4628 }
4629 break;
4630 case 'V': {
4631 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004632 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
4633 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004634
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004635 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004636
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004637 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4638 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
4639 break;
4640 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00004641 case 'X': {
4642 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4643 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
4644 break;
4645 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004646 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00004647 Type = Context.getFILEType();
4648 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004649 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004650 return QualType();
4651 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004652 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004653 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004654 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004655 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004656 else
4657 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
4658
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004659 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004660 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004661 return QualType();
4662 }
4663 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004664 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004665
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004666 if (!AllowTypeModifiers)
4667 return Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004668
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004669 Done = false;
4670 while (!Done) {
4671 switch (*Str++) {
4672 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
4673 case '*':
4674 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
4675 break;
4676 case '&':
4677 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4678 break;
4679 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
4680 case 'C':
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004681 Type = Type.withConst();
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004682 break;
4683 }
4684 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004685
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004686 return Type;
4687}
4688
4689/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
4690QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned id,
4691 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error) {
4692 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004693
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004694 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004695
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004696 Error = GE_None;
4697 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4698 if (Error != GE_None)
4699 return QualType();
4700 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
4701 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4702 if (Error != GE_None)
4703 return QualType();
4704
4705 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
4706 if (Ty->isArrayType())
4707 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004708
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004709 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
4710 }
4711
4712 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
4713 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
4714
4715 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
4716 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
4717 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
4718 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
4719 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0);
4720}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004721
4722QualType
4723ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4724 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
4725 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
4726 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
4727 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
4728 // equivalent.
4729 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4730 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
4731 else
4732 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4733 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4734 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
4735 else
4736 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4737
4738 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
4739 if (lhs == rhs)
4740 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004741
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004742 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
4743 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
4744 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
4745 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004746
4747 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
4748
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004749 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
4750 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
4751 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004752 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004753 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4754 return lhs;
4755 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004756 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004757 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4758 return rhs;
4759 }
4760 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004761 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
4762 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
4763 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
4764 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004765 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004766 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004767 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004768 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004769 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
4770 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004771
4772 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004773 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004774 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004775 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004776 }
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004777 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
4778 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
4779 // does not require this promotion.
4780 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
4781 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
4782 return rhs;
4783 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
4784 return lhs;
4785 }
4786 }
4787 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
4788 }
4789 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
4790 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
4791 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
4792 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4793 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
4794 return lhs;
4795 }
4796 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4797 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
4798 return getComplexType(lhs);
4799 }
4800 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4801 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
4802 return rhs;
4803 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004804 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004805 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
4806 return getComplexType(rhs);
4807 }
4808 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
4809 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
4810 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4811 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
4812 return lhs;
4813 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
4814 return rhs; // convert the lhs
4815 }
4816 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4817 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
4818 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4819 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4820
4821 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004822 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004823 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
4824 return lhs; // convert the rhs
4825 return rhs;
4826 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4827 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4828 return lhs;
4829 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4830 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4831 return rhs;
4832 }
4833 }
4834 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
4835 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
4836 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4837 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
4838 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
4839 QualType destType;
4840 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
4841 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
4842 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
4843 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
4844 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
4845 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
4846 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
4847 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
4848 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
4849 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
4850 // use the signed type.
4851 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
4852 } else {
4853 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
4854 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
4855 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
4856 // to the signed type.
4857 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
4858 }
4859 return destType;
4860}